Replace wfGetLB
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 *
1504 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1505 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1506 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1507 */
1508 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * @name DJVU settings
1512 * @{
1513 */
1514
1515 /**
1516 * Path of the djvudump executable
1517 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1518 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1532 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1538 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1539 *
1540 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1541 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1542 * the efficiency problem.
1543 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1544 *
1545 * @par Example:
1546 * @code
1547 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1548 * @endcode
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1551
1552 /**
1553 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1554 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1555 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1558
1559 /**
1560 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1561 */
1562 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1563
1564 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1565
1566 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1567
1568 /************************************************************************//**
1569 * @name Email settings
1570 * @{
1571 */
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Site admin email address.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1577 */
1578 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1584 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1585 *
1586 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1592 *
1593 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1594 */
1595 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1599 *
1600 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1601 */
1602 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1606 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1607 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1613 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1619 *
1620 * @since 1.30
1621 */
1622 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1626 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1627 *
1628 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1629 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1630 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1631 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1632 */
1633 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1637 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1638 */
1639 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1643 */
1644 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1648 */
1649 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1653 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1654 */
1655 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1659 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1662
1663 /**
1664 * SMTP Mode.
1665 *
1666 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1667 * Default to false or fill an array :
1668 *
1669 * @code
1670 * $wgSMTP = [
1671 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1672 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1673 * 'port' => '25',
1674 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1675 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1676 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1677 * ];
1678 * @endcode
1679 */
1680 $wgSMTP = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1684 */
1685 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1689 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1690 */
1691 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1695 *
1696 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1697 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1698 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1699 *
1700 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1701 *
1702 * @var bool
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1705
1706 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1707 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1708 # enable or disable at their discretion
1709 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1710 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1714 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1715 * spam relay.
1716 */
1717 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1726 * user talk page.
1727 *
1728 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1729 * preference set to true.
1730 */
1731 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1735 *
1736 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1737 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1738 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1739 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1740 *
1741 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1742 *
1743 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1744 *
1745 * @var bool
1746 */
1747 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1751 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1752 *
1753 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1754 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1755 *
1756 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1757 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1758 *
1759 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1760 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1761 */
1762 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1766 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1767 *
1768 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1769 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1770 */
1771 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1775 * match the limit on your mail server.
1776 */
1777 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1781 */
1782 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1786 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1787 */
1788 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1789
1790 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1791
1792 /************************************************************************//**
1793 * @name Database settings
1794 * @{
1795 */
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Database host name or IP address
1799 */
1800 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1804 */
1805 $wgDBport = 5432;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Name of the database
1809 */
1810 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Database username
1814 */
1815 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Database user's password
1819 */
1820 $wgDBpassword = '';
1821
1822 /**
1823 * Database type
1824 */
1825 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1829 *
1830 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1831 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1832 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1833 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1834 */
1835 $wgDBssl = false;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1839 *
1840 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1841 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1842 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1843 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1844 */
1845 $wgDBcompress = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1849 */
1850 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1854 */
1855 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Search type.
1859 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1860 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1861 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1862 */
1863 $wgSearchType = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Alternative search types
1867 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1868 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1869 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1870 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1871 */
1872 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Table name prefix
1876 */
1877 $wgDBprefix = '';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1881 */
1882 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1886 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1887 * DBA has done his best job.
1888 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1889 */
1890 $wgSQLMode = '';
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Mediawiki schema
1894 */
1895 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1899 */
1900 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1901
1902 /**
1903 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1904 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1905 * main database.
1906 *
1907 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1908 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1909 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1910 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1911 *
1912 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1913 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1914 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1915 *
1916 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1917 * $wgDBprefix.
1918 *
1919 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1920 * $wgDBmwschema.
1921 *
1922 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1923 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1924 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1925 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1926 */
1927 $wgSharedDB = null;
1928
1929 /**
1930 * @see $wgSharedDB
1931 */
1932 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * @see $wgSharedDB
1936 */
1937 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1938
1939 /**
1940 * @see $wgSharedDB
1941 * @since 1.23
1942 */
1943 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1944
1945 /**
1946 * Database load balancer
1947 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1948 * Fields are:
1949 * - host: Host name
1950 * - dbname: Default database name
1951 * - user: DB user
1952 * - password: DB password
1953 * - type: DB type
1954 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1955 *
1956 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1957 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1958 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1959 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1960 *
1961 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1962 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1963 *
1964 * - flags: bit field
1965 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1966 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1967 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1968 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1969 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1970 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1971 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1972 * if available
1973 *
1974 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1975 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1976 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1977 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1978 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1979 *
1980 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1981 * variable of the Database object.
1982 *
1983 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1984 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1985 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1986 *
1987 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1988 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1989 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1990 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1991 *
1992 * @code
1993 * SET @@read_only=1;
1994 * @endcode
1995 *
1996 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1997 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1998 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1999 */
2000 $wgDBservers = false;
2001
2002 /**
2003 * Load balancer factory configuration
2004 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2005 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2006 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2007 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2008 *
2009 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2010 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2011 */
2012 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2013
2014 /**
2015 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2016 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2017 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2018 * @since 1.27
2019 */
2020 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2021
2022 /**
2023 * File to log database errors to
2024 */
2025 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2026
2027 /**
2028 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2029 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2030 *
2031 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2032 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2033 *
2034 * @par Examples:
2035 * @code
2036 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2037 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2038 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2039 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2040 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2041 * @endcode
2042 *
2043 * @since 1.20
2044 */
2045 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2049 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2050 *
2051 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2052 *
2053 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2054 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2055 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2056 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2057 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2058 *
2059 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2060 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2061 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2062 */
2063 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2064
2065 /**
2066 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2067 *
2068 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2069 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2070 * block).
2071 *
2072 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2073 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2074 * connections.
2075 *
2076 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2077 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2078 * pooled.
2079 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2080 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2081 *
2082 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2083 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2084 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2085 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2086 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2087 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2088 *
2089 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2090 */
2091 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2092
2093 /**
2094 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2095 *
2096 * Array numeric key => database name
2097 */
2098 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2099
2100 /**
2101 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2102 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2103 * show a more obvious warning.
2104 */
2105 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2106
2107 /**
2108 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2109 */
2110 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2111
2112 /**
2113 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2114 */
2115 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2116
2117 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2118
2119 /************************************************************************//**
2120 * @name Text storage
2121 * @{
2122 */
2123
2124 /**
2125 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2126 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2127 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2128 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2129 */
2130 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2131
2132 /**
2133 * External stores allow including content
2134 * from non database sources following URL links.
2135 *
2136 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2137 * @code
2138 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2139 * @endcode
2140 *
2141 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2142 */
2143 $wgExternalStores = [];
2144
2145 /**
2146 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2147 *
2148 * @par Example:
2149 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2150 * @code
2151 * $wgExternalServers = [
2152 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2153 * ];
2154 * @endcode
2155 *
2156 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2157 * another class.
2158 */
2159 $wgExternalServers = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2163 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2164 *
2165 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2166 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2167 *
2168 * @par Example:
2169 * @code
2170 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2171 * @endcode
2172 *
2173 * @var array
2174 */
2175 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2176
2177 /**
2178 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2179 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2180 *
2181 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2182 */
2183 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2184
2185 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2186
2187 /************************************************************************//**
2188 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2189 * @{
2190 */
2191
2192 /**
2193 * Disable database-intensive features
2194 */
2195 $wgMiserMode = false;
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2199 */
2200 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2204 */
2205 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2209 */
2210 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2211
2212 /**
2213 * Enable slow parser functions
2214 */
2215 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2216
2217 /**
2218 * Allow schema updates
2219 */
2220 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2224 */
2225 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2226
2227 /**
2228 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2229 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2230 */
2231 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2232
2233 /**
2234 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2235 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2236 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2237 * @since 1.26
2238 */
2239 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2240
2241 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2242
2243 /************************************************************************//**
2244 * @name Cache settings
2245 * @{
2246 */
2247
2248 /**
2249 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2250 * from the web.
2251 *
2252 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2253 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2254 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2255 */
2256 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2260 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2261 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2262 *
2263 * The options are:
2264 *
2265 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2266 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2267 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2268 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2269 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2270 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2271 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2272 *
2273 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2274 */
2275 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2276
2277 /**
2278 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2279 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2280 *
2281 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2282 */
2283 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2284
2285 /**
2286 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2287 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2288 *
2289 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2290 */
2291 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2292
2293 /**
2294 * The cache type for storing session data.
2295 *
2296 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2297 */
2298 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2299
2300 /**
2301 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2302 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2303 *
2304 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2305 *
2306 * @since 1.20
2307 */
2308 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2309
2310 /**
2311 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2312 *
2313 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2314 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2315 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2316 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2317 *
2318 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2319 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2320 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2321 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2322 */
2323 $wgObjectCaches = [
2324 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2325 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2326
2327 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2328 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2329 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2330
2331 'db-replicated' => [
2332 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2333 'readFactory' => [
2334 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2335 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2336 ],
2337 'writeFactory' => [
2338 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2339 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2340 ],
2341 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2342 'reportDupes' => false
2343 ],
2344
2345 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2346 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2347 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2348 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2349 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2350 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2351 ];
2352
2353 /**
2354 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2355 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2356 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2357 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2358 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2359 *
2360 * The options are:
2361 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2362 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2363 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2364 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2365 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2366 * @since 1.26
2367 */
2368 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2369
2370 /**
2371 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2372 *
2373 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2374 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2375 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2376 *
2377 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2378 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2379 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2380 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2381 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2382 *
2383 * @since 1.26
2384 */
2385 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2386 CACHE_NONE => [
2387 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2388 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2389 'channels' => []
2390 ]
2391 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2392 'memcached-php' => [
2393 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2394 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2395 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2396 ]
2397 */
2398 ];
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2402 *
2403 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2404 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2405 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2406 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2407 *
2408 * @var bool
2409 * @since 1.29
2410 */
2411 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2415 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2416 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2417 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2418 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2419 *
2420 * The options are:
2421 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2422 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2423 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2424 *
2425 * @since 1.26
2426 */
2427 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2428
2429 /**
2430 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2431 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2432 */
2433 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2434
2435 /**
2436 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2437 */
2438 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2439
2440 /**
2441 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2442 */
2443 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2444
2445 /**
2446 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2447 */
2448 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2452 *
2453 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2454 *
2455 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2456 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2457 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2458 * others' cookies.
2459 *
2460 * @since 1.27
2461 * @var string
2462 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2463 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2464 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2465 */
2466 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2470 *
2471 * @since 1.28
2472 */
2473 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2474
2475 /**
2476 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2477 */
2478 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2479
2480 /**
2481 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2482 */
2483 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2487 * requests.
2488 */
2489 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2490
2491 /**
2492 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2493 */
2494 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2498 *
2499 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2500 *
2501 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2502 *
2503 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2504 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2505 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2506 */
2507 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2508
2509 /**
2510 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2511 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2512 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2513 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2514 */
2515 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2519 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2520 *
2521 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2522 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2523 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2524 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2525 * otherwise the database will be used.
2526 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2527 * store static arrays.
2528 *
2529 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2530 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2531 *
2532 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2533 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2534 * will be used.
2535 *
2536 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2537 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2538 */
2539 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2540 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2541 'store' => 'detect',
2542 'storeClass' => false,
2543 'storeDirectory' => false,
2544 'manualRecache' => false,
2545 ];
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2549 */
2550 $wgCachePages = true;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2554 * client-side and server-side caching.
2555 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2556 * @verbatim
2557 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2558 * @endverbatim
2559 */
2560 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2564 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2565 */
2566 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2570 *
2571 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2572 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2573 * styles.
2574 *
2575 * @deprecated since 1.31
2576 */
2577 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2578
2579 /**
2580 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2581 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2582 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2583 */
2584 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2588 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2589 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2590 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2591 */
2592 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2593
2594 /**
2595 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2596 * @deprecated since 1.26
2597 */
2598 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2599
2600 /**
2601 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2602 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2603 */
2604 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2605
2606 /**
2607 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2608 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2609 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2610 *
2611 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2612 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2613 * don't update as expected.
2614 */
2615 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2619 */
2620 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2624 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2625 *
2626 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2627 */
2628 $wgUseGzip = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2632 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2633 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2634 * a grace period.
2635 */
2636 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2637
2638 /**
2639 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2640 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2641 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2642 *
2643 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2644 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2645 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2646 */
2647 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2651 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2652 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2653 *
2654 * @par Example:
2655 * @code
2656 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2657 * @endcode
2658 *
2659 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2660 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2661 *
2662 * @var int|bool
2663 */
2664 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2665
2666 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2667
2668 /************************************************************************//**
2669 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2670 *
2671 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2672 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2673 *
2674 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2675 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2676 * more details.
2677 *
2678 * @{
2679 */
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Enable/disable CDN.
2683 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2684 */
2685 $wgUseSquid = false;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2689 */
2690 $wgUseESI = false;
2691
2692 /**
2693 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2694 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2695 * @since 1.27
2696 */
2697 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2701 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2702 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2703 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2704 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2705 * HTTP redirects.
2706 */
2707 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2711 *
2712 * @par Example:
2713 * @code
2714 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2715 * @endcode
2716 */
2717 $wgInternalServer = false;
2718
2719 /**
2720 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2721 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2722 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2723 *
2724 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2725 */
2726 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2730 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2731 * @since 1.27
2732 */
2733 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2737 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2738 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2739 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2740 *
2741 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2742 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2743 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2744 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2745 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2746 *
2747 * @since 1.27
2748 */
2749 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2753 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2754 * @since 1.27
2755 */
2756 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2757
2758 /**
2759 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2760 *
2761 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2762 */
2763 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2764
2765 /**
2766 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2767 *
2768 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2769 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2770 *
2771 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2772 */
2773 $wgSquidServers = [];
2774
2775 /**
2776 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2777 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2778 * CIDR blocks.
2779 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2780 */
2781 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2785 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2786 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2787 *
2788 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2789 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2790 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2791 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2792 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2793 *
2794 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2795 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2796 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2797 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2798 * reverse).
2799 *
2800 * @since 1.21
2801 */
2802 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2803
2804 /**
2805 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2806 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2807 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2808 *
2809 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2810 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2811 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2812 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2813 *
2814 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2815 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2816 * @code
2817 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2818 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2819 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2820 * 'port' => 4827,
2821 * ],
2822 * '' => [
2823 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2824 * 'port' => 4827,
2825 * ],
2826 * ];
2827 * @endcode
2828 *
2829 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2830 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2831 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2832 *
2833 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2834 * @code
2835 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2836 * '' => [
2837 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2838 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2839 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2840 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2841 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2842 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2843 * ],
2844 * ];
2845 * @endcode
2846 *
2847 * @since 1.22
2848 *
2849 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2850 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2851 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2852 *
2853 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2854 */
2855 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2856
2857 /**
2858 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2859 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2860 */
2861 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2862
2863 /**
2864 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2865 */
2866 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2867
2868 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2869
2870 /************************************************************************//**
2871 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2872 * @{
2873 */
2874
2875 /**
2876 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2877 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2878 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2879 *
2880 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2881 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2882 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2883 *
2884 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2885 * change it in their preferences.
2886 *
2887 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2888 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2889 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2890 */
2891 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2892
2893 /**
2894 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2895 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2896 */
2897 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2898
2899 /**
2900 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2901 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2902 *
2903 * @par Example:
2904 * @code
2905 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2906 * @endcode
2907 */
2908 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2909
2910 /**
2911 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2912 */
2913 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2914
2915 /**
2916 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2917 */
2918 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2922 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2923 * Notes:
2924 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2925 * map.
2926 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2927 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2928 * this array.
2929 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2930 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2931 * the prefix in this array.
2932 */
2933 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2934
2935 /**
2936 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2937 */
2938 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2939
2940 /**
2941 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2942 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2943 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2944 *
2945 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2946 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2947 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2948 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2949 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2950 *
2951 * @since 1.29
2952 */
2953 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2954 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2955 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2956 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2957 ];
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2961 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2962 *
2963 * @deprecated since 1.29
2964 */
2965 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2969 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2970 * set to "ar".
2971 *
2972 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2973 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2974 */
2975 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2976
2977 /**
2978 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2979 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2980 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2981 * support these characters.
2982 *
2983 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2984 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2985 */
2986 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2987
2988 /**
2989 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2990 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2991 * impact.
2992 *
2993 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2994 * details.
2995 *
2996 * @since 1.17
2997 */
2998 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3002 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3003 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3004 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3005 *
3006 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3007 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3008 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3014 */
3015 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3016
3017 /**
3018 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3019 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3020 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3021 *
3022 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3023 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3024 * to remain viewable.
3025 *
3026 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3027 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3028 */
3029 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3033 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3034 */
3035 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3039 * numerals in interface.
3040 */
3041 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3045 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3046 */
3047 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3051 */
3052 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3056 */
3057 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3058
3059 /**
3060 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3061 */
3062 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3066 */
3067 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3071 */
3072 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3076 * used to ease variant development work.
3077 */
3078 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3082 *
3083 * @par Example:
3084 * @code
3085 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3086 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3087 * @endcode
3088 */
3089 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3093 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3094 * language variant.
3095 *
3096 * @par Example:
3097 * @code
3098 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3099 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3100 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3101 * @endcode
3102 *
3103 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3104 *
3105 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3106 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3107 */
3108 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3109
3110 /**
3111 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3112 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3113 * customise these.
3114 */
3115 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3119 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3120 *
3121 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3122 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3123 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3124 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3125 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3126 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3127 * the default behavior.
3128 *
3129 * @par Example:
3130 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3131 * portal:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3134 * @endcode
3135 */
3136 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3140 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3141 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3142 *
3143 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3144 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3145 *
3146 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3147 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3148 *
3149 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3150 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3151 *
3152 * @par Examples:
3153 * @code
3154 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3155 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3156 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3157 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3158 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3159 * @endcode
3160 */
3161 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3165 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3166 *
3167 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3168 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3169 *
3170 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3171 */
3172 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3173
3174 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3175
3176 /*************************************************************************//**
3177 * @name Output format and skin settings
3178 * @{
3179 */
3180
3181 /**
3182 * The default Content-Type header.
3183 */
3184 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3188 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3189 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3190 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3191 * @deprecated since 1.22
3192 */
3193 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3197 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3198 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3199 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3200 * @deprecated since 1.22
3201 */
3202 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3206 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3207 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3208 * to true by Setup.php.
3209 * @deprecated since 1.22
3210 */
3211 $wgHtml5 = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3215 *
3216 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3217 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3218 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3219 * @since 1.16
3220 */
3221 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3225 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3226 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3227 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3228 * @since 1.24
3229 */
3230 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3234 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3235 * stable and change has been communicated.
3236 * @since 1.24
3237 */
3238 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3242 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3243 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3244 *
3245 * @since 1.28
3246 */
3247 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3251 *
3252 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3253 *
3254 * @par Example:
3255 * @code
3256 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3257 * @endcode
3258 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3259 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3260 *
3261 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3262 */
3263 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3267 *
3268 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3269 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3270 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3271 */
3272 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3315 *
3316 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3317 * are availabe to users.
3318 */
3319 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3323 */
3324 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3328 */
3329 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3333 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3334 */
3335 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3336
3337 /**
3338 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3339 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3340 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3341 *
3342 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3343 *
3344 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3345 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3346 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3347 *
3348 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3349 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3350 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3351 * recommended.
3352 *
3353 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3354 * not just edit pages.
3355 */
3356 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3360 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3361 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3362 * Options are:
3363 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3364 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3365 * - false: Allow all framing.
3366 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3367 */
3368 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3369
3370 /**
3371 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3372 */
3373 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3374
3375 /**
3376 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3377 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3378 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3379 *
3380 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3381 */
3382 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3383
3384 /**
3385 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3386 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3387 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3388 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3389 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3390 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3391 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3392 *
3393 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3394 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3395 * a page.
3396 *
3397 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3398 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3399 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3400 * would still work.
3401 *
3402 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3403 *
3404 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3405 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3406 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3407 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3408 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3409 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3410 * fragment mode is used.
3411 *
3412 * @since 1.30
3413 */
3414 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3415
3416 /**
3417 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3418 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3419 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3420 * to 'html5'.
3421 *
3422 * @since 1.30
3423 */
3424 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3425
3426 /**
3427 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3428 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3429 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3430 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3431 *
3432 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3433 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3434 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3435 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3436 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3437 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3438 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3439 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3440 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3441 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3442 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3443 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3444 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3445 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3446 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3447 * not be outputted
3448 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3449 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3450 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3451 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3452 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3453 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3454 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3455 */
3456 $wgFooterIcons = [
3457 "copyright" => [
3458 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3459 ],
3460 "poweredby" => [
3461 "mediawiki" => [
3462 // Defaults to point at
3463 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3464 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3465 "src" => null,
3466 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3467 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3468 ]
3469 ],
3470 ];
3471
3472 /**
3473 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3474 * to create an account.
3475 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3476 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3477 */
3478 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3479
3480 /**
3481 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3482 */
3483 $wgEdititis = false;
3484
3485 /**
3486 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3487 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3488 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3489 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3490 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3491 *
3492 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3493 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3494 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3495 */
3496 $wgSend404Code = true;
3497
3498 /**
3499 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3500 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3501 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3502 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3503 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3504 *
3505 * @since 1.20
3506 */
3507 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3508
3509 /**
3510 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3511 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3512 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3513 * unconditionally.
3514 */
3515 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3516
3517 /**
3518 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3519 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3520 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3521 * the domain root.
3522 *
3523 * @since 1.25
3524 */
3525 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3526
3527 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3528
3529 /*************************************************************************//**
3530 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3531 * @{
3532 */
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Client-side resource modules.
3536 *
3537 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3538 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3539 *
3540 * @par Example:
3541 * @code
3542 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3543 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3544 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3545 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3546 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3547 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3548 * ];
3549 * @endcode
3550 */
3551 $wgResourceModules = [];
3552
3553 /**
3554 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3555 *
3556 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3557 * not be modified or disabled.
3558 *
3559 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3560 *
3561 * @par Example:
3562 * @code
3563 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3564 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3565 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3566 * ];
3567 *
3568 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3569 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3570 * ];
3571 * @endcode
3572 *
3573 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3574 *
3575 * @par Equivalent:
3576 * @code
3577 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3578 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3579 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3580 * 'skinStyles' => [
3581 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3582 * ],
3583 * ];
3584 * @endcode
3585 *
3586 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3587 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3588 *
3589 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3590 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3591 *
3592 * @par Example:
3593 * @code
3594 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3595 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3596 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3597 * 'skinStyles' => [
3598 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3599 * ],
3600 * ];
3601 * // Note the '+' character:
3602 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3603 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3604 * ];
3605 * @endcode
3606 *
3607 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3608 *
3609 * @par Equivalent:
3610 * @code
3611 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3612 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3613 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3614 * 'skinStyles' => [
3615 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3616 * 'foo' => [
3617 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3618 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3619 * ],
3620 * ],
3621 * ];
3622 * @endcode
3623 *
3624 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3625 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3626 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3627 *
3628 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3629 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3630 *
3631 * @par Example:
3632 * @code
3633 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3634 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3635 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3636 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3637 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3638 * ];
3639 * @endcode
3640 */
3641 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3642
3643 /**
3644 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3645 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3646 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3647 *
3648 * @par Example:
3649 * @code
3650 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3651 * @endcode
3652 */
3653 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3654
3655 /**
3656 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3657 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3658 */
3659 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3660
3661 /**
3662 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3663 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3664 *
3665 * Following options to distinguish:
3666 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3667 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3668 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3669 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3670 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3671 *
3672 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3673 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3674 * client and MediaWiki.
3675 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3676 */
3677 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3678 'versioned' => [
3679 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3680 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3681 ],
3682 'unversioned' => [
3683 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3684 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3685 ],
3686 ];
3687
3688 /**
3689 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3690 *
3691 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3692 */
3693 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3697 *
3698 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3699 */
3700 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3701
3702 /**
3703 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3704 *
3705 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3706 * work.
3707 *
3708 * @par Example of legacy code:
3709 * @code{,js}
3710 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3711 * @endcode
3712 * or:
3713 * @code{,js}
3714 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3715 * @endcode
3716 *
3717 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3718 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3719 * @code{,js}
3720 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3721 * @endcode
3722 * or:
3723 * @code{,js}
3724 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3725 * @endcode
3726 */
3727 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3728
3729 /**
3730 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3731 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3732 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3733 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3734 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3735 * that you can't increase.
3736 *
3737 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3738 * string length limit.
3739 *
3740 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3746 * prior to minification to validate it.
3747 *
3748 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3749 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3750 */
3751 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3752
3753 /**
3754 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3755 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3756 *
3757 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3758 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3759 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3760 */
3761 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3765 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3766 *
3767 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3768 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3769 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3770 *
3771 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3772 *
3773 * @par Example:
3774 * @code
3775 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3776 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3777 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3778 * ];
3779 * @endcode
3780 * @since 1.22
3781 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3782 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3783 */
3784 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3785 /**
3786 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3787 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3788 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3789 * @since 1.27
3790 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3791 */
3792 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3793 ];
3794
3795 /**
3796 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3797 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3798 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3799 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3800 *
3801 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3802 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3803 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3804 * files from its own tree.
3805 *
3806 * @since 1.22
3807 */
3808 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3809 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3810 ];
3811
3812 /**
3813 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3814 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3815 */
3816 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3817
3818 /**
3819 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3820 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3821 *
3822 * @since 1.23
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3828 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3829 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3830 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3831 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3832 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3833 * from the rest of the site.
3834 *
3835 * @since 1.25
3836 */
3837 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3838
3839 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3840
3841 /*************************************************************************//**
3842 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3843 * @{
3844 */
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3848 * used instead.
3849 */
3850 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3854 *
3855 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3856 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3857 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3858 */
3859 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3863 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3864 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3865 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3866 * hook or extension.json.
3867 *
3868 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3869 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3870 * the new namespace name.
3871 *
3872 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3873 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3874 *
3875 * @par Example:
3876 * @code
3877 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3878 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3879 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3880 * 102 => "Aide",
3881 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3882 * ];
3883 * @endcode
3884 *
3885 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3886 */
3887 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3891 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3892 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3893 * @since 1.18
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Namespace aliases.
3899 *
3900 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3901 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3902 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3903 * name.
3904 *
3905 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3906 *
3907 * @par Example:
3908 * @code
3909 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3910 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3911 * 'Help' => 100,
3912 * ];
3913 * @endcode
3914 */
3915 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3919 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3920 *
3921 * Problematic punctuation:
3922 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3923 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3924 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3925 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3926 * corrupted by apache
3927 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3928 *
3929 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3930 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3931 *
3932 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3933 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3934 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3935 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3936 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3937 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3938 *
3939 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3940 */
3941 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3942
3943 /**
3944 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3945 *
3946 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3947 */
3948 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3952 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3953 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3954 *
3955 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3956 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3962 */
3963 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3964
3965 /**
3966 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3967 * @{
3968 */
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3972 * database (.cdb) file.
3973 *
3974 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3975 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3976 * formats such as the following:
3977 *
3978 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3979 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3980 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3981 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3982 *
3983 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3984 * data layout.
3985 *
3986 * @var bool|array|string
3987 */
3988 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3992 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3993 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3994 * - 3: site levels
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4000 */
4001 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4007 * @{
4008 */
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4012 */
4013 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4014
4015 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4016
4017 /**
4018 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4019 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4020 * as 'redirected from' links.
4021 *
4022 * @par Example:
4023 * It might look something like this:
4024 * @code
4025 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4026 * @endcode
4027 *
4028 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4029 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4030 * the URL.
4031 */
4032 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4033
4034 /**
4035 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4036 *
4037 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4038 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4039 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4040 */
4041 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4042
4043 /**
4044 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4045 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4046 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4047 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4048 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4049 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4050 * NS_FILE.
4051 *
4052 * @par Example:
4053 * @code
4054 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4055 * @endcode
4056 */
4057 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4061 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4062 */
4063 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4064 NS_TALK => true,
4065 NS_USER => true,
4066 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4067 NS_PROJECT => true,
4068 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4069 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4070 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4071 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4072 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4073 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4074 NS_HELP => true,
4075 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4076 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4077 ];
4078
4079 /**
4080 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4081 *
4082 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4083 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4084 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4085 *
4086 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4087 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4088 *
4089 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4090 * the new extension registration system.
4091 *
4092 * @since 1.23
4093 */
4094 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4095
4096 /**
4097 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4098 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4099 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4100 * number of articles in the wiki.
4101 */
4102 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4106 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4107 * be shown on that page.
4108 * @since 1.30
4109 */
4110 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4114 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4115 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4116 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4117 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4118 */
4119 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4123 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4124 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4125 */
4126 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4130 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4131 * will make the redirect fail.
4132 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4133 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4134 *
4135 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4136 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4137 */
4138 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4139
4140 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4141
4142 /************************************************************************//**
4143 * @name Parser settings
4144 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4145 * @{
4146 */
4147
4148 /**
4149 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4150 *
4151 * class The class name
4152 *
4153 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4154 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4155 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4156 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4157 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4158 *
4159 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4160 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4161 *
4162 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4163 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4164 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4165 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4166 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4167 * an extension setup function.
4168 */
4169 $wgParserConf = [
4170 'class' => Parser::class,
4171 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4172 ];
4173
4174 /**
4175 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4176 */
4177 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4178
4179 /**
4180 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4181 * by PPFrame::expand()
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4187 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4188 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4189 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4190 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4191 *
4192 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4198 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4199 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4200 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4206 */
4207 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4208
4209 /**
4210 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4211 *
4212 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4213 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4214 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4215 * more information.
4216 *
4217 * @see wfParseUrl
4218 */
4219 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4220 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4221 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4222 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4223 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4224 ];
4225
4226 /**
4227 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4228 */
4229 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4230
4231 /**
4232 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4233 */
4234 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4238 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4239 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4240 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4241 *
4242 * @par Examples:
4243 * @code
4244 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4245 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4246 * @endcode
4247 */
4248 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4249
4250 /**
4251 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4252 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4253 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4254 * The image will be displayed.
4255 *
4256 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4257 * Or false to disable it
4258 */
4259 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4260
4261 /**
4262 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4263 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4264 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4265 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4266 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4267 * sites they control.
4268 */
4269 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4273 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4274 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4275 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4276 *
4277 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4278 * parameters will be used instead.
4279 *
4280 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4281 *
4282 * Keys are:
4283 * - driver: May be:
4284 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4285 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4286 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4287 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4288 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4289 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4290 *
4291 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4292 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4293 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4294 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4295 */
4296 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4297
4298 /**
4299 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4300 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4301 */
4302 $wgUseTidy = false;
4303
4304 /**
4305 * The path to the tidy binary.
4306 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4307 */
4308 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4309
4310 /**
4311 * The path to the tidy config file
4312 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4313 */
4314 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4315
4316 /**
4317 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4318 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4319 */
4320 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4321
4322 /**
4323 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4324 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4325 */
4326 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4330 * Only works for internal tidy.
4331 */
4332 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4336 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4337 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4338 */
4339 $wgRawHtml = false;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4343 *
4344 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4345 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4346 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4347 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4348 * to some of your users.
4349 */
4350 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4351
4352 /**
4353 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4354 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4355 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4356 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4357 */
4358 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4359
4360 /**
4361 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4362 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4363 */
4364 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4365
4366 /**
4367 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4368 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4369 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4370 *
4371 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4372 *
4373 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4374 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4375 * etc.
4376 *
4377 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4378 */
4379 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4380
4381 /**
4382 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4383 */
4384 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4385
4386 /**
4387 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4388 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4389 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4390 */
4391 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4392
4393 /**
4394 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4395 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4396 */
4397 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4398
4399 /**
4400 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4401 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4402 */
4403 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4404
4405 /**
4406 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4407 */
4408 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4409
4410 /**
4411 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4412 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4413 */
4414 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4418 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4419 *
4420 * @since 1.28
4421 */
4422 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4423 'ISBN' => false,
4424 'PMID' => false,
4425 'RFC' => false
4426 ];
4427
4428 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4429
4430 /************************************************************************//**
4431 * @name Statistics
4432 * @{
4433 */
4434
4435 /**
4436 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4437 * as a valid article.
4438 *
4439 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4440 *
4441 * This variable can have the following values:
4442 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4443 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4444 *
4445 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4446 *
4447 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4448 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4449 * script.
4450 */
4451 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4452
4453 /**
4454 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4455 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4456 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4457 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4458 * numbers between different wikis.
4459 */
4460 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4461
4462 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4463
4464 /************************************************************************//**
4465 * @name User accounts, authentication
4466 * @{
4467 */
4468
4469 /**
4470 * Central ID lookup providers
4471 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4472 * @since 1.27
4473 */
4474 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4475 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4476 ];
4477
4478 /**
4479 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4480 * @var string
4481 */
4482 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4483
4484 /**
4485 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4486 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4487 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4488 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4489 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4490 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4491 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4492 * Statements:
4493 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4494 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4495 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4496 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4497 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4498 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4499 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4500 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4501 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4502 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4503 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4504 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4505 * @since 1.26
4506 */
4507 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4508 'policies' => [
4509 'bureaucrat' => [
4510 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4511 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4512 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4513 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4514 ],
4515 'sysop' => [
4516 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4517 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4518 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4519 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4520 ],
4521 'bot' => [
4522 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4523 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4524 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4525 ],
4526 'default' => [
4527 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4529 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4530 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4531 ],
4532 ],
4533 'checks' => [
4534 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4535 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4536 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4537 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4538 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4539 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4540 ],
4541 ];
4542
4543 /**
4544 * Configure AuthManager
4545 *
4546 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4547 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4548 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4549 * (default is 0).
4550 *
4551 * Elements are:
4552 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4553 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4554 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4555 *
4556 * @since 1.27
4557 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4558 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4559 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4560 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4561 */
4562 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4563
4564 /**
4565 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4566 * @since 1.27
4567 */
4568 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4569 'preauth' => [
4570 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4571 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4572 'sort' => 0,
4573 ],
4574 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4575 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4576 'sort' => 0,
4577 ],
4578 ],
4579 'primaryauth' => [
4580 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4581 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4582 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4583 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4584 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4585 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4586 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4587 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4588 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4589 'args' => [ [
4590 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4591 'authoritative' => false,
4592 ] ],
4593 'sort' => 0,
4594 ],
4595 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4596 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4597 'args' => [ [
4598 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4599 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4600 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4601 // password") if it too fails.
4602 'authoritative' => true,
4603 ] ],
4604 'sort' => 100,
4605 ],
4606 ],
4607 'secondaryauth' => [
4608 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4609 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4610 'sort' => 0,
4611 ],
4612 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4613 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4614 'sort' => 100,
4615 ],
4616 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4617 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4618 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4619 // 'sort' => 100,
4620 // ],
4621 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4622 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4623 'sort' => 200,
4624 ],
4625 ],
4626 ];
4627
4628 /**
4629 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4630 *
4631 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4632 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4633 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4634 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4635 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4636 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4637 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4638 * that needs to do this.
4639 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4640 * the last X seconds.
4641 * - Come up with a third option.
4642 *
4643 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4644 * "X seconds".
4645 *
4646 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4647 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4648 * - LinkAccounts
4649 * - UnlinkAccount
4650 * - ChangeCredentials
4651 * - RemoveCredentials
4652 * - ChangeEmail
4653 *
4654 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4655 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4656 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4657 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4658 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4659 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4660 *
4661 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4662 *
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4665 */
4666 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4667 'default' => 300,
4668 ];
4669
4670 /**
4671 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4672 *
4673 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4674 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4675 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4676 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4677 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4678 *
4679 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4680 *
4681 * @since 1.27
4682 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4683 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4684 */
4685 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4686 'default' => true,
4687 ];
4688
4689 /**
4690 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4691 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4692 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4693 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4694 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4695 * @since 1.27
4696 * @var string[]
4697 */
4698 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4699 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4700 ];
4701
4702 /**
4703 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4704 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4705 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4706 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4707 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4708 * @since 1.27
4709 * @var string[]
4710 */
4711 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4712 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4713 ];
4714
4715 /**
4716 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4717 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4718 */
4719 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4720
4721 /**
4722 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4723 * words are allowed.
4724 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4725 */
4726 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4727
4728 /**
4729 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4730 *
4731 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4732 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4733 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4734 *
4735 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4736 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4737 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4738 */
4739 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4740
4741 /**
4742 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4743 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4744 * @since 1.23
4745 */
4746 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4747
4748 /**
4749 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4750 *
4751 * @since 1.24
4752 */
4753 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4754
4755 /**
4756 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4757 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4758 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4759 *
4760 * An advanced example:
4761 * @code
4762 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4763 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4764 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4765 * 'secrets' => [],
4766 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4767 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4768 * 'cost' => 5,
4769 * ];
4770 * @endcode
4771 *
4772 * @since 1.24
4773 */
4774 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4775 'A' => [
4776 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4777 ],
4778 'B' => [
4779 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4780 ],
4781 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4782 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4783 'types' => [
4784 'A',
4785 'pbkdf2',
4786 ],
4787 ],
4788 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4789 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4790 'types' => [
4791 'B',
4792 'pbkdf2',
4793 ],
4794 ],
4795 'bcrypt' => [
4796 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4797 'cost' => 9,
4798 ],
4799 'pbkdf2' => [
4800 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4801 'algo' => 'sha512',
4802 'cost' => '30000',
4803 'length' => '64',
4804 ],
4805 ];
4806
4807 /**
4808 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4809 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4810 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4811 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4812 */
4813 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4814 'username' => true,
4815 'email' => true,
4816 ];
4817
4818 /**
4819 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4820 */
4821 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4822
4823 /**
4824 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4825 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4826 */
4827 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4828
4829 /**
4830 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4831 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4832 */
4833 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4834 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4835 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4836 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4837 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4838 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4839 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4840 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4841 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4842 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4843 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4844 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4845 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4846 ];
4847
4848 /**
4849 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4850 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4851 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4852 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4853 */
4854 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4855 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4856 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4857 'date' => 'default',
4858 'diffonly' => 0,
4859 'disablemail' => 0,
4860 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4861 'editondblclick' => 0,
4862 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4863 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4864 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4865 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4866 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4867 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4868 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4869 'fancysig' => 0,
4870 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4871 'gender' => 'unknown',
4872 'hideminor' => 0,
4873 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4874 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4875 'imagesize' => 2,
4876 'minordefault' => 0,
4877 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4878 'nickname' => '',
4879 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4880 'numberheadings' => 0,
4881 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4882 'previewontop' => 1,
4883 'rcdays' => 7,
4884 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4885 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4886 'rclimit' => 50,
4887 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4888 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4889 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4890 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4891 'skin' => false,
4892 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4893 'thumbsize' => 5,
4894 'underline' => 2,
4895 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4896 'usenewrc' => 1,
4897 'watchcreations' => 1,
4898 'watchdefault' => 1,
4899 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4900 'watchuploads' => 1,
4901 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4902 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4907 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4908 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4909 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4910 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4911 'watchmoves' => 0,
4912 'watchrollback' => 0,
4913 'wllimit' => 250,
4914 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4915 'prefershttps' => 1,
4916 ];
4917
4918 /**
4919 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4920 */
4921 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4922
4923 /**
4924 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4925 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4926 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4927 */
4928 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4929
4930 /**
4931 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4932 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4933 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4934 *
4935 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4936 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4937 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4938 */
4939 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4940
4941 /**
4942 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4943 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4944 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4945 * @since 1.17
4946 */
4947 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4948
4949 /**
4950 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4951 *
4952 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4953 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4954 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4955 *
4956 * @since 1.27
4957 * @var string|null
4958 */
4959 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4960
4961 /**
4962 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4963 *
4964 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4965 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4966 *
4967 * @since 1.27
4968 */
4969 $wgSessionProviders = [
4970 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4971 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4972 'args' => [ [
4973 'priority' => 30,
4974 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4975 ] ],
4976 ],
4977 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4978 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4979 'args' => [ [
4980 'priority' => 75,
4981 ] ],
4982 ],
4983 ];
4984
4985 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4986
4987 /************************************************************************//**
4988 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4989 * @{
4990 */
4991
4992 /**
4993 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4994 */
4995 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4996
4997 /**
4998 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4999 */
5000 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5001
5002 /**
5003 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5004 */
5005 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5006
5007 /**
5008 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5009 *
5010 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5011 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5012 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5013 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5014 *
5015 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5016 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5017 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5018 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5019 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5020 */
5021 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5022 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5023 'IPv6' => 19,
5024 ];
5025
5026 /**
5027 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5028 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5029 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5030 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5031 * anonymous visitors.
5032 */
5033 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5034
5035 /**
5036 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5037 *
5038 * @par Example:
5039 * @code
5040 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5041 * @endcode
5042 *
5043 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5044 *
5045 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5046 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5047 *
5048 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5049 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5050 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5051 *
5052 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5053 * hook instead.
5054 */
5055 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5056
5057 /**
5058 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5059 *
5060 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5061 * is without underscore.
5062 *
5063 * @par Example:
5064 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5065 * @code
5066 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5067 * @endcode
5068 *
5069 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5070 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5071 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5072 *
5073 * @par Example:
5074 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5075 * @code
5076 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5077 * @endcode
5078 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5079 *
5080 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5081 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5082 */
5083 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5084
5085 /**
5086 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5087 * address before being allowed to edit?
5088 */
5089 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5090
5091 /**
5092 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5093 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5094 */
5095 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5096
5097 /**
5098 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5099 *
5100 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5101 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5102 *
5103 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5104 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5105 *
5106 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5107 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5108 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5109 * in in the user_groups table.
5110 *
5111 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5112 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5113 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5114 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5115 *
5116 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5117 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5118 *
5119 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5120 */
5121 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5122
5123 /** @cond file_level_code */
5124 // Implicit group for all visitors
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5136 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5137
5138 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5161
5162 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5165
5166 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5167 // from various log pages by default
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5176
5177 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5181 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5183 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5185 // can view deleted revision text
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5218 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5223
5224 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5227 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5228 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5229 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5230 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5231
5232 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5234 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5236 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5238 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5239 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5240 // For private suppression log access
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5242
5243 /**
5244 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5245 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5246 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5247 * server.
5248 */
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5250
5251 /** @endcond */
5252
5253 /**
5254 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5255 *
5256 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5257 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5258 *
5259 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5260 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5261 */
5262 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5263
5264 /**
5265 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5266 */
5267 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5268
5269 /**
5270 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5271 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5272 *
5273 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5274 * group".
5275 *
5276 * @par Example:
5277 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5278 * @code
5279 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5280 * @endcode
5281 *
5282 * @par Example:
5283 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5284 * @code
5285 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5286 * @endcode
5287 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5288 * any group that they happen to be in.
5289 */
5290 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5294 */
5295 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5299 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5300 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5301 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5302 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5303 */
5304 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5305
5306 /**
5307 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5308 *
5309 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5310 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5311 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5312 *
5313 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5314 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5315 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5316 */
5317 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5321 *
5322 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5323 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5324 *
5325 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5326 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5327 */
5328 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5329
5330 /**
5331 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5332 *
5333 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5334 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5335 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5336 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5337 * "semiprotected".
5338 *
5339 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5340 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5341 */
5342 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5346 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5347 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5348 *
5349 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5350 */
5351 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5352
5353 /**
5354 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5355 *
5356 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5357 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5358 *
5359 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5360 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5361 */
5362 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5363
5364 /**
5365 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5366 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5367 * privileges of new accounts.
5368 *
5369 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5370 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5371 *
5372 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5373 *
5374 * @par Example:
5375 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5376 * @code
5377 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5378 * @endcode
5379 * Set age to one day:
5380 * @code
5381 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5382 * @endcode
5383 */
5384 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5385
5386 /**
5387 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5388 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5389 *
5390 * @par Example:
5391 * @code
5392 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5393 * @endcode
5394 */
5395 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5396
5397 /**
5398 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5399 *
5400 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5401 *
5402 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5403 * 'groupname' => cond,
5404 * 'group2' => cond2,
5405 * );
5406 *
5407 * A `cond` may be:
5408 * - a single condition without arguments:
5409 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5410 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5411 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5412 * - a single condition with arguments:
5413 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5414 * - a set of conditions:
5415 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5416 *
5417 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5418 * - `&` (**AND**):
5419 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5420 * - `|` (**OR**):
5421 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5422 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5423 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5424 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5425 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5426 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5427 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5428 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5429 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5430 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5431 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5432 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5433 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5434 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5435 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5436 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5437 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5438 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5439 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5440 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5441 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5442 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5443 * true if the user is blocked
5444 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5445 * true if the user is a bot
5446 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5447 *
5448 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5449 * linked by operands.
5450 *
5451 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5452 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5453 */
5454 $wgAutopromote = [
5455 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5456 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5457 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5458 ],
5459 ];
5460
5461 /**
5462 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5463 *
5464 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5465 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5466 *
5467 * The format is:
5468 * @code
5469 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5470 * @endcode
5471 * Where event is either:
5472 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5473 *
5474 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5475 *
5476 * @see $wgAutopromote
5477 * @since 1.18
5478 */
5479 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5480 'onEdit' => [],
5481 ];
5482
5483 /**
5484 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5485 * @since 1.18
5486 */
5487 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5488
5489 /**
5490 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5491 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5492 *
5493 * @par Example:
5494 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5495 * @code
5496 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5499 * @code
5500 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 * Sysops can make bots:
5503 * @code
5504 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5505 * @endcode
5506 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5509 * @endcode
5510 */
5511 $wgAddGroups = [];
5512
5513 /**
5514 * @see $wgAddGroups
5515 */
5516 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5517
5518 /**
5519 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5520 * For extensions only.
5521 */
5522 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5523
5524 /**
5525 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5526 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5527 */
5528 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5529
5530 /**
5531 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5532 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5533 * This is limited for performance reason.
5534 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5535 * @since 1.23
5536 */
5537 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5538
5539 /**
5540 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5541 *
5542 * @par Example:
5543 * @code
5544 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5545 * // no more than 100 per month
5546 * [
5547 * 'count' => 100,
5548 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5549 * ],
5550 * // no more than 10 per day
5551 * [
5552 * 'count' => 10,
5553 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5554 * ],
5555 * ];
5556 * @endcode
5557 *
5558 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5559 */
5560 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5561 'count' => 0,
5562 'seconds' => 86400,
5563 ] ];
5564
5565 /**
5566 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5567 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5568 *
5569 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5570 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5571 *
5572 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5573 *
5574 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5575 */
5576 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5577
5578 /**
5579 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5580 */
5581 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5585 * proxies
5586 * @since 1.16
5587 */
5588 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5589
5590 /**
5591 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5592 *
5593 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5594 * the blacklist require a key).
5595 *
5596 * @par Example:
5597 * @code
5598 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5599 * // String containing URL
5600 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5601 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5602 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5603 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5604 * // just use a string as shown above
5605 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5606 * ];
5607 * @endcode
5608 *
5609 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5610 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5611 * @since 1.16
5612 */
5613 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5614
5615 /**
5616 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5617 * what the other methods might say.
5618 */
5619 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5620
5621 /**
5622 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5623 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5624 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5625 * @since 1.29
5626 * @var string[]
5627 */
5628 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5629
5630 /**
5631 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5632 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5633 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5634 */
5635 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5636
5637 /**
5638 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5639 *
5640 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5641 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5642 * elapses.
5643 *
5644 * @par Example:
5645 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5646 * @code
5647 * $wgRateLimits = [
5648 * 'edit' => [
5649 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5650 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5651 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5652 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5653 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5654 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5655 * ]
5656 * ];
5657 * @endcode
5658 *
5659 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5660 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5661 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5662 * @code
5663 * $wgRateLimits = [
5664 * 'some-action' => [
5665 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5666 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5667 * ];
5668 * @endcode
5669 *
5670 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5671 */
5672 $wgRateLimits = [
5673 // Page edits
5674 'edit' => [
5675 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5676 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5677 ],
5678 // Page moves
5679 'move' => [
5680 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5681 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5682 ],
5683 // File uploads
5684 'upload' => [
5685 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5686 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5687 ],
5688 // Page rollbacks
5689 'rollback' => [
5690 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5691 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5692 ],
5693 // Triggering password resets emails
5694 'mailpassword' => [
5695 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5696 ],
5697 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5698 'emailuser' => [
5699 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5700 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5701 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5702 ],
5703 // Purging pages
5704 'purge' => [
5705 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5706 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5707 ],
5708 // Purges of link tables
5709 'linkpurge' => [
5710 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5711 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5712 ],
5713 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5714 'renderfile' => [
5715 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5716 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5717 ],
5718 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5719 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5720 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5721 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5722 ],
5723 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5724 'stashedit' => [
5725 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5726 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5727 ],
5728 // Adding or removing change tags
5729 'changetag' => [
5730 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5731 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5732 ],
5733 // Changing the content model of a page
5734 'editcontentmodel' => [
5735 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5736 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5737 ],
5738 ];
5739
5740 /**
5741 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5742 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5743 */
5744 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5745
5746 /**
5747 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5748 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5749 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5750 */
5751 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5752
5753 /**
5754 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5755 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5756 */
5757 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5758
5759 /**
5760 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5761 *
5762 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5763 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5764 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5765 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5766 *
5767 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5768 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5769 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5770 */
5771 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5772 // Short term limit
5773 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5774 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5775 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5776 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5777 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5778 ];
5779
5780 /**
5781 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5782 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5783 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5784 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5785 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5786 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5787 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5788 * @since 1.27
5789 */
5790 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5791
5792 // @TODO: clean up grants
5793 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5794
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5805
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5810
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5815
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5818
5819 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5824
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5874
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5876
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5878
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5884
5885 /**
5886 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5887 * @since 1.27
5888 */
5889 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5890 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5891 'basic' => 'hidden',
5892
5893 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5894 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5895 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5896 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5897
5898 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5899 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5900
5901 'sendemail' => 'email',
5902
5903 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5904 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5905
5906 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5907 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5908
5909 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5910 'rollback' => 'administration',
5911 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5912 'delete' => 'administration',
5913 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5914 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5915 'protect' => 'administration',
5916 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5917
5918 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5919
5920 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5921 ];
5922
5923 /**
5924 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5925 * @since 1.27
5926 */
5927 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5931 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5932 * @since 1.27
5933 */
5934 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5935
5936 /**
5937 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5938 *
5939 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5940 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5941 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5942 * @since 1.27
5943 */
5944 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5945
5946 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5947
5948 /************************************************************************//**
5949 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5950 * @{
5951 */
5952
5953 /**
5954 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5955 */
5956 $wgSecretKey = false;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5960 *
5961 * This can have the following formats:
5962 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5963 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5964 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5965 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5966 */
5967 $wgProxyList = [];
5968
5969 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5970
5971 /************************************************************************//**
5972 * @name Cookie settings
5973 * @{
5974 */
5975
5976 /**
5977 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5978 */
5979 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5980
5981 /**
5982 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5983 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5984 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5985 * login cookies session-only.
5986 */
5987 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5988
5989 /**
5990 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5991 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5992 */
5993 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5994
5995 /**
5996 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5997 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5998 */
5999 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6003 * - true: Set secure flag
6004 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6005 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6006 */
6007 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6008
6009 /**
6010 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6011 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6012 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6013 * check.
6014 */
6015 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6016
6017 /**
6018 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6019 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6020 * name to be used as a prefix.
6021 */
6022 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6023
6024 /**
6025 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6026 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6027 * XSS attack.
6028 */
6029 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6030
6031 /**
6032 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6033 */
6034 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Override to customise the session name
6038 */
6039 $wgSessionName = false;
6040
6041 /**
6042 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6043 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6044 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6045 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6046 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6047 */
6048 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6049
6050 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6051
6052 /************************************************************************//**
6053 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6054 * @{
6055 */
6056
6057 /**
6058 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6059 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6060 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6061 * Please see math/README for more information.
6062 */
6063 $wgUseTeX = false;
6064
6065 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6066
6067 /************************************************************************//**
6068 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6069 *
6070 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6071 *
6072 * @{
6073 */
6074
6075 /**
6076 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6077 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6078 * may contain private data.
6079 */
6080 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6081
6082 /**
6083 * Prefix for debug log lines
6084 */
6085 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6086
6087 /**
6088 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6089 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6090 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6091 */
6092 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6093
6094 /**
6095 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6096 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6097 * and gen=js requests.
6098 */
6099 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6103 *
6104 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6105 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6106 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6107 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6108 */
6109 $wgDebugComments = false;
6110
6111 /**
6112 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6113 *
6114 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6115 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6116 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6117 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6118 */
6119 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6123 *
6124 * @since 1.26
6125 */
6126 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6127 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6128 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6129 'GET' => [
6130 'masterConns' => 0,
6131 'writes' => 0,
6132 'readQueryTime' => 5
6133 ],
6134 // HTTP POST requests.
6135 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6136 'POST' => [
6137 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6138 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6139 'maxAffected' => 1000
6140 ],
6141 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6142 'masterConns' => 0,
6143 'writes' => 0,
6144 'readQueryTime' => 5
6145 ],
6146 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6147 'PostSend-GET' => [
6148 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6149 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6150 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6151 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6152 'masterConns' => 0,
6153 'writes' => 0,
6154 ],
6155 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6156 'PostSend-POST' => [
6157 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6158 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6159 'maxAffected' => 1000
6160 ],
6161 // Background job runner
6162 'JobRunner' => [
6163 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6164 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6165 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6166 ],
6167 // Command-line scripts
6168 'Maintenance' => [
6169 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6170 'maxAffected' => 1000
6171 ]
6172 ];
6173
6174 /**
6175 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6176 *
6177 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6178 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6179 * in production.
6180 *
6181 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6182 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6183 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6184 * - associative array with keys:
6185 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6186 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6187 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6188 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6189 *
6190 * @par Example:
6191 * @code
6192 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6193 * @endcode
6194 *
6195 * @par Advanced example:
6196 * @code
6197 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6198 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6199 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6200 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6201 * ];
6202 * @endcode
6203 */
6204 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6205
6206 /**
6207 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6208 *
6209 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6210 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6211 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6212 * details.
6213 *
6214 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6215 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6216 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6217 *
6218 * @par To completely disable logging:
6219 * @code
6220 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6221 * @endcode
6222 *
6223 * @since 1.25
6224 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6225 * @see MwLogger
6226 */
6227 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6228 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6229 ];
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6233 *
6234 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6235 */
6236 $wgShowDebug = false;
6237
6238 /**
6239 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6240 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6241 */
6242 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6243
6244 /**
6245 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6246 */
6247 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6251 */
6252 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6256 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6257 * to an attacker.
6258 */
6259 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6263 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6264 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6265 * formatting.
6266 */
6267 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6271 *
6272 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6273 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6274 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6275 * exception handler.
6276 */
6277 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6281 */
6282 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6283
6284 /**
6285 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6286 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6287 */
6288 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6292 */
6293 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6297 * Should be a string, default false.
6298 * @since 1.20
6299 */
6300 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6304 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6305 */
6306 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6310 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6311 * after the limit.
6312 */
6313 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6314
6315 /**
6316 * Profiler configuration.
6317 *
6318 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6319 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6320 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6321 *
6322 * Example:
6323 *
6324 * @code
6325 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6326 * @endcode
6327 *
6328 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6329 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6330 *
6331 * @code
6332 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6333 * @endcode
6334 *
6335 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6336 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6337 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6338 *
6339 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6340 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6341 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6342 *
6343 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6344 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6345 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6346 *
6347 * @code
6348 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6349 * @endcode
6350 *
6351 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6352 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6353 *
6354 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6355 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6356 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6357 *
6358 * @code
6359 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6360 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6361 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6362 * @endcode
6363 *
6364 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6365 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6366 *
6367 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6368 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6369 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6370 *
6371 * @since 1.17.0
6372 */
6373 $wgProfiler = [];
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6377 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6378 */
6379 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6383 *
6384 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6385 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6386 */
6387 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6388
6389 /**
6390 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6391 *
6392 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6393 *
6394 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6395 *
6396 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6397 * @since 1.25
6398 */
6399 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6403 *
6404 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6405 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6406 * @since 1.25
6407 */
6408 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6409
6410 /**
6411 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6412 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6413 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6414 * @since 1.28
6415 */
6416 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6417 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6418 ];
6419
6420 /**
6421 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6422 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6423 * templates.
6424 */
6425 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6426
6427 /**
6428 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6429 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6430 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6431 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6432 */
6433 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6437 * filename is passed to it.
6438 *
6439 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6440 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6441 *
6442 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6443 *
6444 * Use full paths.
6445 *
6446 * @deprecated since 1.30
6447 */
6448 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6452 */
6453 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6454
6455 /**
6456 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6457 * @since 1.19
6458 */
6459 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6460
6461 /**
6462 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6463 * queries and other useful output.
6464 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6465 *
6466 * @since 1.19
6467 */
6468 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6469
6470 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6471
6472 /************************************************************************//**
6473 * @name Search
6474 * @{
6475 */
6476
6477 /**
6478 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6479 */
6480 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6481
6482 /**
6483 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6484 * by default off due to execution overhead
6485 */
6486 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6487
6488 /**
6489 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6490 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6491 */
6492 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6493
6494 /**
6495 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6496 *
6497 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6498 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6499 *
6500 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6501 *
6502 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6503 */
6504 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6508 *
6509 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6510 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6511 *
6512 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6513 */
6514 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6515 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6516 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6517 ];
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6521 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6522 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6523 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6524 */
6525 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6529 * OpenSearch call.
6530 */
6531 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6535 */
6536 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6540 */
6541 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6542
6543 /**
6544 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6545 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6546 */
6547 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6548
6549 /**
6550 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6551 *
6552 * @par Example:
6553 * @code
6554 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6555 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6556 * @endcode
6557 */
6558 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6559 NS_MAIN => true,
6560 ];
6561
6562 /**
6563 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6564 * implemented by an extension instead.
6565 */
6566 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6567
6568 /**
6569 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6570 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6571 * search term.
6572 *
6573 * @par Example:
6574 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6575 * @code
6576 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6577 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6578 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6579 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6580 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6581 * @endcode
6582 */
6583 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6584
6585 /**
6586 * Search form behavior.
6587 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6588 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6589 */
6590 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6591
6592 /**
6593 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6594 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6595 * generated for all namespaces.
6596 */
6597 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6598
6599 /**
6600 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6601 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6602 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6603 *
6604 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6605 * @par Example:
6606 * @code
6607 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6608 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6609 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6610 * ];
6611 * @endcode
6612 */
6613 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6614
6615 /**
6616 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6617 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6618 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6619 */
6620 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6621
6622 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6623
6624 /************************************************************************//**
6625 * @name Edit user interface
6626 * @{
6627 */
6628
6629 /**
6630 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6631 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6632 */
6633 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6634
6635 /**
6636 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6637 */
6638 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6639
6640 /**
6641 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6642 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6643 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6644 */
6645 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6646 NS_CATEGORY => true
6647 ];
6648
6649 /**
6650 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6651 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6652 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6653 */
6654 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6655
6656 /**
6657 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6658 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6659 * ting this variable false.
6660 */
6661 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6662
6663 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6664
6665 /************************************************************************//**
6666 * @name Maintenance
6667 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6668 * @{
6669 */
6670
6671 /**
6672 * @cond file_level_code
6673 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6674 */
6675 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6676 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6677 }
6678 /** @endcond */
6679
6680 /**
6681 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6682 */
6683 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6684
6685 /**
6686 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6687 * used as an explanation to users.
6688 *
6689 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6690 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6691 * option in MySQL.
6692 */
6693 $wgReadOnly = null;
6694
6695 /**
6696 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6697 * @var bool
6698 * @since 1.31
6699 */
6700 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6701
6702 /**
6703 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6704 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6705 * message.
6706 *
6707 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6708 */
6709 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6710
6711 /**
6712 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6713 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6714 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6715 *
6716 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6717 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6718 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6719 */
6720 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6721
6722 /**
6723 * Fully specified path to git binary
6724 */
6725 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6726
6727 /**
6728 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6729 *
6730 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6731 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6732 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6733 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6734 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6735 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6736 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6737 *
6738 * @since 1.20
6739 */
6740 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6741 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6742 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6743 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6744 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6745 ];
6746
6747 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6748
6749 /************************************************************************//**
6750 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6751 * @{
6752 */
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6756 * seconds will go.
6757 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6758 */
6759 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6763 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6764 * @since 1.26
6765 */
6766 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6767
6768 /**
6769 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6770 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6771 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6772 * @since 1.26
6773 */
6774 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6775
6776 /**
6777 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6778 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6779 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6780 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6781 * is still there.
6782 */
6783 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6784
6785 /**
6786 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6787 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6788 */
6789 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6790
6791 /**
6792 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6793 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6794 */
6795 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6796
6797 /**
6798 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6799 *
6800 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6801 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6802 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6803 *
6804 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6805 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6806 * passed to the constructor.
6807 *
6808 * Common options:
6809 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6810 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6811 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6812 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6813 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6814 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6815 *
6816 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6817 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6818 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6819 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6820 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6821 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6822 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6823 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6824 *
6825 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6826 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6827 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6828 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6829 *
6830 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6831 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6832 *
6833 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6834 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6835 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6836 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6837 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6838 * ];
6839 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6840 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6841 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6842 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6843 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6844 * ];
6845 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6846 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6847 * ];
6848 * @since 1.22
6849 */
6850 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6851
6852 /**
6853 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6854 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6855 * @since 1.22
6856 */
6857 $wgRCEngines = [
6858 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6859 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6860 ];
6861
6862 /**
6863 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6864 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6865 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6866 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6867 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6868 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6869 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6870 *
6871 * @since 1.27
6872 */
6873 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6877 * New pages and new files are included.
6878 *
6879 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6880 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6881 * Special:Log.
6882 */
6883 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6884
6885 /**
6886 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6887 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6888 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6889 * that lets users disable them.
6890 *
6891 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6892 *
6893 * @since 1.30
6894 */
6895 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6896
6897 /**
6898 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6899 *
6900 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6901 */
6902 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6903
6904 /**
6905 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6906 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6907 * 0 to disable completely.
6908 */
6909 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6910
6911 /**
6912 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6913 *
6914 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6915 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6916 * Special:Log.
6917 */
6918 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6922 *
6923 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6924 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6925 * Special:Log.
6926 *
6927 * @since 1.27
6928 */
6929 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6930
6931 /**
6932 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6933 */
6934 $wgFeed = true;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6938 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6939 */
6940 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6941
6942 /**
6943 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6944 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6945 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6946 *
6947 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6948 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6949 */
6950 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6954 * pages larger than this size.
6955 */
6956 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6957
6958 /**
6959 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6960 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6961 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6962 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6963 * as value.
6964 * @par Example:
6965 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6966 * @code
6967 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6968 * @endcode
6969 */
6970 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6971
6972 /**
6973 * Available feeds objects.
6974 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6975 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6976 */
6977 $wgFeedClasses = [
6978 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6979 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6980 ];
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6984 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6985 */
6986 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6987
6988 /**
6989 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6990 */
6991 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6992
6993 /**
6994 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6995 */
6996 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7000 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7001 * highlighted on the RC page.
7002 */
7003 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7004
7005 /**
7006 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7007 * view for watched pages with new changes
7008 */
7009 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7010
7011 /**
7012 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7013 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7014 */
7015 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7016
7017 /**
7018 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7019 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7020 */
7021 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7022
7023 /**
7024 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7025 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7026 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7027 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7028 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7029 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7030 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7031 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7032 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7033 *
7034 * @var array
7035 * @since 1.31
7036 */
7037 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7038 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7039 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7040 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7041 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7042 'mw-blank' => true,
7043 'mw-replace' => true,
7044 'mw-rollback' => true,
7045 'mw-undo' => true,
7046 ];
7047
7048 /**
7049 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7050 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7051 * watchers.
7052 *
7053 * @since 1.21
7054 */
7055 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7059 * certain types of edits.
7060 *
7061 * To register a new one:
7062 * @code
7063 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7064 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7065 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7066 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7067 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7068 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7069 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7070 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7071 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7072 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7073 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7074 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7075 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7076 * ];
7077 * @endcode
7078 *
7079 * @since 1.22
7080 */
7081 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7082 'newpage' => [
7083 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7084 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7085 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7086 'grouping' => 'any',
7087 ],
7088 'minor' => [
7089 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7090 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7091 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7092 'class' => 'minoredit',
7093 'grouping' => 'all',
7094 ],
7095 'bot' => [
7096 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7097 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7098 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7099 'class' => 'botedit',
7100 'grouping' => 'all',
7101 ],
7102 'unpatrolled' => [
7103 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7104 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7105 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7106 'grouping' => 'any',
7107 ],
7108 ];
7109
7110 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7111
7112 /************************************************************************//**
7113 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7114 * @{
7115 */
7116
7117 /**
7118 * Override for copyright metadata.
7119 *
7120 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7121 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7122 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7123 */
7124 $wgRightsPage = null;
7125
7126 /**
7127 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7128 * wiki.
7129 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7130 */
7131 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7135 * link.
7136 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7137 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7138 */
7139 $wgRightsText = null;
7140
7141 /**
7142 * Override for copyright metadata.
7143 */
7144 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7145
7146 /**
7147 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7148 */
7149 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7150
7151 /**
7152 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7153 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7154 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7155 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7156 * large wikis.
7157 */
7158 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7159
7160 /**
7161 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7162 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7163 */
7164 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7165
7166 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7167
7168 /************************************************************************//**
7169 * @name Import / Export
7170 * @{
7171 */
7172
7173 /**
7174 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7175 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7176 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7177 *
7178 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7179 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7180 * e.g.
7181 * @code
7182 * $wgImportSources = [
7183 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7184 * 'wikispecies',
7185 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7186 * ];
7187 * @endcode
7188 *
7189 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7190 * the ImportSources hook.
7191 *
7192 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7193 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7194 */
7195 $wgImportSources = [];
7196
7197 /**
7198 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7199 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7200 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7201 *
7202 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7203 */
7204 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7205
7206 /**
7207 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7208 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7209 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7210 */
7211 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7212
7213 /**
7214 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7215 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7216 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7217 */
7218 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7219
7220 /**
7221 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7222 */
7223 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7224
7225 /**
7226 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7227 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7228 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7229 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7230 * it's disabled by default for now.
7231 *
7232 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7233 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7234 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7235 */
7236 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7240 */
7241 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7242
7243 /**
7244 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7245 */
7246 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7247
7248 /**
7249 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7250 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7251 *
7252 * @since 1.27
7253 */
7254 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7255
7256 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7257
7258 /*************************************************************************//**
7259 * @name Extensions
7260 * @{
7261 */
7262
7263 /**
7264 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7265 * initialised
7266 */
7267 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7268
7269 /**
7270 * Extension messages files.
7271 *
7272 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7273 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7274 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7275 * is the most common.
7276 *
7277 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7278 * in the core.
7279 *
7280 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7281 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7282 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7283 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7284 *
7285 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7286 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7287 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7288 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7289 *
7290 * @par Example:
7291 * @code
7292 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7293 * @endcode
7294 */
7295 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7296
7297 /**
7298 * Extension messages directories.
7299 *
7300 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7301 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7302 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7303 * message directories.
7304 *
7305 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7306 *
7307 * @par Simple example:
7308 * @code
7309 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7310 * @endcode
7311 *
7312 * @par Complex example:
7313 * @code
7314 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7315 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7316 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7317 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7318 * ]
7319 * @endcode
7320 * @since 1.23
7321 */
7322 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7323
7324 /**
7325 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7326 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7327 * @since 1.22
7328 */
7329 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7330
7331 /**
7332 * Parser output hooks.
7333 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7334 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7335 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7336 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7337 *
7338 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7339 *
7340 * The callback has the form:
7341 * @code
7342 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7343 * @endcode
7344 */
7345 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7346
7347 /**
7348 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7349 */
7350 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7351
7352 /**
7353 * List of valid skin names
7354 *
7355 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7356 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7357 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7358 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7359 */
7360 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7361
7362 /**
7363 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7364 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7365 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7366 * SpecialPage.
7367 */
7368 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7372 */
7373 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7374
7375 /**
7376 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7377 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7378 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7379 */
7380 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7381
7382 /**
7383 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7384 *
7385 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7386 *
7387 * @code
7388 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7389 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7390 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7391 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7392 * 'author' => [
7393 * 'Foo Barstein',
7394 * ],
7395 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7396 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7397 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7398 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7399 * ];
7400 * @endcode
7401 *
7402 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7403 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7404 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7405 * interpreted as wikitext.
7406 *
7407 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7408 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7409 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7410 *
7411 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7412 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7413 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7414 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7415 *
7416 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7417 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7418 * usually are.)
7419 *
7420 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7421 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7422 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7423 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7424 *
7425 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7426 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7427 *
7428 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7429 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7430 *
7431 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7432 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7433 */
7434 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7435
7436 /**
7437 * Authentication plugin.
7438 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7439 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7440 */
7441 $wgAuth = null;
7442
7443 /**
7444 * Global list of hooks.
7445 *
7446 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7447 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7448 * internally by Hook:run().
7449 *
7450 * The value can be one of:
7451 *
7452 * - A function name:
7453 * @code
7454 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7455 * @endcode
7456 * - A function with some data:
7457 * @code
7458 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7459 * @endcode
7460 * - A an object method:
7461 * @code
7462 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7463 * @endcode
7464 * - A closure:
7465 * @code
7466 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7467 * // Handler code goes here.
7468 * };
7469 * @endcode
7470 *
7471 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7472 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7473 *
7474 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7475 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7476 */
7477 $wgHooks = [];
7478
7479 /**
7480 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7481 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7482 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7483 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7484 * hook for that.
7485 *
7486 * @see MediaWikiServices
7487 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7488 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7489 */
7490 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7491 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7492 ];
7493
7494 /**
7495 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7496 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7497 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7498 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7499 */
7500 $wgJobClasses = [
7501 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7502 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7503 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7504 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7505 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7506 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7507 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7508 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7509 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7510 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7511 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7512 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7513 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7514 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7515 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7516 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7517 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7518 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7519 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7520 'null' => NullJob::class,
7521 ];
7522
7523 /**
7524 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7525 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7526 *
7527 * These can be:
7528 * - Very long-running jobs.
7529 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7530 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7531 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7532 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7533 */
7534 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7535
7536 /**
7537 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7538 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7539 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7540 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7541 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7542 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7543 * @var float[]
7544 */
7545 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7546
7547 /**
7548 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7549 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7550 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7551 *
7552 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7553 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7554 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7555 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7556 *
7557 * @var float|bool
7558 * @since 1.26
7559 */
7560 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7564 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7565 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7566 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7567 */
7568 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7569 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7570 ];
7571
7572 /**
7573 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7574 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7575 */
7576 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7577 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7578 ];
7579
7580 /**
7581 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7582 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7583 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7584 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7585 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7586 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7587 * that limit is hit.
7588 *
7589 * @since 1.29
7590 */
7591 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7595 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7596 */
7597 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7598 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7599 ];
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7603 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7604 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7605 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7606 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7607 */
7608 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7609 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7610 ];
7611
7612 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7613
7614 /*************************************************************************//**
7615 * @name Categories
7616 * @{
7617 */
7618
7619 /**
7620 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7621 */
7622 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7623
7624 /**
7625 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7626 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7627 */
7628 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7629
7630 /**
7631 * Paging limit for categories
7632 */
7633 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7634
7635 /**
7636 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7637 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7638 *
7639 * Available values are:
7640 *
7641 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7642 *
7643 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7644 *
7645 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7646 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7647 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7648 *
7649 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7650 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7651 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7652 * server.
7653 *
7654 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7655 * the sort keys in the database.
7656 *
7657 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7658 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7659 */
7660 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7661
7662 /** @} */ # End categories }
7663
7664 /*************************************************************************//**
7665 * @name Logging
7666 * @{
7667 */
7668
7669 /**
7670 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7671 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7672 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7673 * log type.
7674 */
7675 $wgLogTypes = [
7676 '',
7677 'block',
7678 'protect',
7679 'rights',
7680 'delete',
7681 'upload',
7682 'move',
7683 'import',
7684 'patrol',
7685 'merge',
7686 'suppress',
7687 'tag',
7688 'managetags',
7689 'contentmodel',
7690 ];
7691
7692 /**
7693 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7694 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7695 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7696 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7697 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7698 */
7699 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7700 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7701 ];
7702
7703 /**
7704 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7705 *
7706 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7707 *
7708 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7709 *
7710 * @par Example:
7711 * @code
7712 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7713 * @endcode
7714 *
7715 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7716 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7717 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7718 *
7719 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7720 * for the link text.
7721 */
7722 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7723 'patrol' => true,
7724 'tag' => true,
7725 ];
7726
7727 /**
7728 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7729 * will be listed in the user interface.
7730 *
7731 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7732 *
7733 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7734 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7735 */
7736 $wgLogNames = [
7737 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7738 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7739 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7740 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7741 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7742 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7743 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7744 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7745 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7746 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7747 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7748 ];
7749
7750 /**
7751 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7752 * top of each log type.
7753 *
7754 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7755 *
7756 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7757 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7758 */
7759 $wgLogHeaders = [
7760 '' => 'alllogstext',
7761 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7762 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7763 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7764 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7765 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7766 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7767 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7768 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7769 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7770 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7771 ];
7772
7773 /**
7774 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7775 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7776 *
7777 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7778 */
7779 $wgLogActions = [];
7780
7781 /**
7782 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7783 * not messages.
7784 * @see LogPage::actionText
7785 * @see LogFormatter
7786 */
7787 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7788 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7789 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7790 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7791 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7792 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7793 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7794 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7795 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7796 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7797 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7798 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7799 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7800 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7801 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7802 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7803 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7804 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7805 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7806 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7807 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7808 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7809 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7810 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7811 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7812 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7813 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7814 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7815 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7816 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7817 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7818 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7819 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7820 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7821 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7822 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7823 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7824 ];
7825
7826 /**
7827 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7828 *
7829 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7830 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7831 * Extensions may append to this array
7832 * @since 1.27
7833 */
7834 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7835 'block' => [
7836 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7837 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7838 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7839 ],
7840 'contentmodel' => [
7841 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7842 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7843 ],
7844 'delete' => [
7845 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7846 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7847 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7848 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7849 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7850 ],
7851 'import' => [
7852 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7853 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7854 ],
7855 'managetags' => [
7856 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7857 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7858 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7859 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7860 ],
7861 'move' => [
7862 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7863 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7864 ],
7865 'newusers' => [
7866 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7867 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7868 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7869 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7870 ],
7871 'patrol' => [
7872 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7873 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7874 ],
7875 'protect' => [
7876 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7877 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7878 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7879 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7880 ],
7881 'rights' => [
7882 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7883 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7884 ],
7885 'suppress' => [
7886 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7887 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7888 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7889 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7890 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7891 ],
7892 'upload' => [
7893 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7894 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7895 ],
7896 ];
7897
7898 /**
7899 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7900 */
7901 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7902
7903 /** @} */ # end logging }
7904
7905 /*************************************************************************//**
7906 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7907 * @{
7908 */
7909
7910 /**
7911 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7912 */
7913 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7914
7915 /**
7916 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7917 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7918 */
7919 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7920
7921 /**
7922 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7923 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7924 */
7925 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7926
7927 /**
7928 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7929 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7930 */
7931 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7932
7933 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7934
7935 /*************************************************************************//**
7936 * @name Actions
7937 * @{
7938 */
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7942 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7943 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7944 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7945 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7946 * instead of the default class.
7947 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7948 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7949 */
7950 $wgActions = [
7951 'credits' => true,
7952 'delete' => true,
7953 'edit' => true,
7954 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7955 'history' => true,
7956 'info' => true,
7957 'markpatrolled' => true,
7958 'protect' => true,
7959 'purge' => true,
7960 'raw' => true,
7961 'render' => true,
7962 'revert' => true,
7963 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7964 'rollback' => true,
7965 'submit' => true,
7966 'unprotect' => true,
7967 'unwatch' => true,
7968 'view' => true,
7969 'watch' => true,
7970 ];
7971
7972 /** @} */ # end actions }
7973
7974 /*************************************************************************//**
7975 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7976 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7977 * @{
7978 */
7979
7980 /**
7981 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7982 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7983 * basis.
7984 */
7985 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7986
7987 /**
7988 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7989 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7990 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7991 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7992 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7993 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7994 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7995 *
7996 * @par Example:
7997 * @code
7998 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7999 * @endcode
8000 */
8001 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8002
8003 /**
8004 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8005 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8006 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8007 *
8008 * @par Example:
8009 * @code
8010 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8011 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8012 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8013 * ];
8014 * @endcode
8015 *
8016 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8017 * forms:
8018 * @code
8019 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8020 * # Underscore, not space!
8021 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8022 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8023 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8024 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8025 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8026 * ];
8027 * @endcode
8028 */
8029 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8030
8031 /**
8032 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8033 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8034 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8035 *
8036 * @par Example:
8037 * @code
8038 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8039 * @endcode
8040 */
8041 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8042
8043 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8044
8045 /************************************************************************//**
8046 * @name AJAX and API
8047 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8048 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8049 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8050 * @{
8051 */
8052
8053 /**
8054 *
8055 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8056 *
8057 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8058 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8059 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8060 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8061 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8062 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8063 * requiring POST.
8064 *
8065 * @since 1.21
8066 */
8067 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8068
8069 /**
8070 * API module extensions.
8071 *
8072 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8073 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8074 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8075 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8076 *
8077 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8078 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8079 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8080 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8081 * field.
8082 *
8083 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8084 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8085 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8086 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8087 *
8088 * Examples for registering API modules:
8089 *
8090 * @code
8091 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8092 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8093 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8094 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8095 * ];
8096 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8097 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8098 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8099 * ];
8100 * @endcode
8101 *
8102 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8103 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8104 */
8105 $wgAPIModules = [];
8106
8107 /**
8108 * API format module extensions.
8109 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8110 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8111 *
8112 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8113 */
8114 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8115
8116 /**
8117 * API Query meta module extensions.
8118 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8119 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8120 *
8121 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8122 */
8123 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8124
8125 /**
8126 * API Query prop module extensions.
8127 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8128 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8129 *
8130 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8131 */
8132 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8133
8134 /**
8135 * API Query list module extensions.
8136 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8137 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8138 *
8139 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8140 */
8141 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8145 * The default value is generally fine
8146 */
8147 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8148
8149 /**
8150 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8151 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8152 */
8153 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8154
8155 /**
8156 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8157 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8158 */
8159 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8160
8161 /**
8162 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8163 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8164 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8165 */
8166 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8167
8168 /**
8169 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8170 * API request logging
8171 */
8172 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8173
8174 /**
8175 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8176 */
8177 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8178
8179 /**
8180 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8181 * API queries.
8182 */
8183 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8184 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8185 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8186 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8187 ];
8188
8189 /**
8190 * Enable AJAX framework
8191 *
8192 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8193 */
8194 $wgUseAjax = true;
8195
8196 /**
8197 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8198 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8199 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8200 */
8201 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8202
8203 /**
8204 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8205 */
8206 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8210 */
8211 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8212
8213 /**
8214 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8215 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8216 */
8217 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8218
8219 /**
8220 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8221 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8222 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8223 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8224 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8225 *
8226 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8227 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8228 *
8229 * @par Example:
8230 * @code
8231 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8232 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8233 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8234 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8235 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8236 * ];
8237 * @endcode
8238 */
8239 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8240
8241 /**
8242 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8243 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8244 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8245 */
8246 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8247
8248 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8249
8250 /************************************************************************//**
8251 * @name Shell and process control
8252 * @{
8253 */
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8257 */
8258 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8262 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8263 */
8264 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8268 */
8269 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8270
8271 /**
8272 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8273 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8274 */
8275 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8276
8277 /**
8278 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8279 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8280 *
8281 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8282 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8283 * them segfault or deadlock.
8284 *
8285 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8286 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8287 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8288 *
8289 * @par Example:
8290 * @code
8291 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8292 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8293 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8294 * @endcode
8295 *
8296 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8297 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8298 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8299 */
8300 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8301
8302 /**
8303 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8304 */
8305 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8309 *
8310 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8311 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8312 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8313 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8314 *
8315 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8316 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8317 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8318 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8319 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8320 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8321 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8322 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8323 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8324 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8325 * decimal separator)
8326 *
8327 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8328 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8329 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8330 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8331 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8332 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8333 * displayed to the user.
8334 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8335 * date/time values.
8336 *
8337 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8338 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8339 * wikis.
8340 */
8341 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8342
8343 /**
8344 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8345 *
8346 * Supported options:
8347 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8348 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8349 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8350 *
8351 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8352 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8353 *
8354 * @since 1.31
8355 * @var string|bool
8356 */
8357 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8358
8359 /** @} */ # End shell }
8360
8361 /************************************************************************//**
8362 * @name HTTP client
8363 * @{
8364 */
8365
8366 /**
8367 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8368 * @var int
8369 */
8370 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8371
8372 /**
8373 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8374 * @since 1.29
8375 */
8376 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8377
8378 /**
8379 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8380 */
8381 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8382
8383 /**
8384 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8385 */
8386 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Local virtual hosts.
8390 *
8391 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8392 *
8393 * This affects the following:
8394 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8395 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8396 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8397 * the proxy if it is configured.
8398 *
8399 * @since 1.25
8400 */
8401 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8402
8403 /**
8404 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8405 * Only works for curl
8406 */
8407 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8408
8409 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8410
8411 /************************************************************************//**
8412 * @name Job queue
8413 * @{
8414 */
8415
8416 /**
8417 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8418 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8419 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8420 * be run periodically.
8421 */
8422 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8423
8424 /**
8425 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8426 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8427 * execution finishes.
8428 *
8429 * @since 1.23
8430 */
8431 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8432
8433 /**
8434 * Number of rows to update per job
8435 */
8436 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8437
8438 /**
8439 * Number of rows to update per query
8440 */
8441 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8442
8443 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8444
8445 /************************************************************************//**
8446 * @name Miscellaneous
8447 * @{
8448 */
8449
8450 /**
8451 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8452 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8453 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8454 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8455 */
8456 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8457
8458 /**
8459 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8460 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8461 * Supported values:
8462 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8463 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8464 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8465 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8466 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8467 *
8468 * @since 1.30
8469 */
8470 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8471
8472 /**
8473 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8474 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8475 *
8476 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8477 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8478 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8479 */
8480 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8481
8482 /**
8483 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8484 * For debugging
8485 */
8486 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8487
8488 /**
8489 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8490 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8491 */
8492 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8493
8494 /**
8495 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8496 */
8497 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8498
8499 /**
8500 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8501 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8502 */
8503 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8504
8505 /**
8506 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8507 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8508 */
8509 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8510
8511 /**
8512 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8513 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8514 *
8515 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8516 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8517 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8518 * parameters.
8519 *
8520 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8521 * @code
8522 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8523 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8524 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8525 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8526 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8527 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8528 * 'redisConfig' => []
8529 * ] ];
8530 * @endcode
8531 *
8532 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8533 * @code
8534 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8535 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8536 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8537 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8538 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8539 * ... any extension-specific options...
8540 * ] ];
8541 * @endcode
8542 */
8543 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8544
8545 /**
8546 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8547 */
8548 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8549
8550 /**
8551 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8552 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8553 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8554 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8555 *
8556 * @since 1.21
8557 */
8558 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8559
8560 /**
8561 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8562 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8563 *
8564 * * 'ignore': return null
8565 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8566 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8567 *
8568 * @since 1.21
8569 */
8570 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8571
8572 /**
8573 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8574 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8575 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8576 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8577 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8578 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8579 *
8580 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8581 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8582 *
8583 * @since 1.21
8584 */
8585 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8586
8587 /**
8588 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8589 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8590 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8591 *
8592 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8593 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8594 *
8595 * @since 1.21
8596 */
8597 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8598 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8599 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8600 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8601 ];
8602
8603 /**
8604 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8605 *
8606 * @since 1.20
8607 */
8608 $wgSiteTypes = [
8609 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8610 ];
8611
8612 /**
8613 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8614 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8615 * @since 1.23
8616 */
8617 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8618
8619 /**
8620 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8621 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8622 * @see T67184
8623 * @since 1.24
8624 */
8625 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8626
8627 /**
8628 * Secret for session storage.
8629 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8630 * be used.
8631 * @since 1.27
8632 */
8633 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8634
8635 /**
8636 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8637 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8638 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8639 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8640 * @since 1.27
8641 */
8642 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8643
8644 /**
8645 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8646 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8647 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8648 * be used.
8649 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8650 * @since 1.24
8651 */
8652 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8653
8654 /**
8655 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8656 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8657 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8658 * @since 1.24
8659 */
8660 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8661
8662 /**
8663 * Enable page language feature
8664 * Allows setting page language in database
8665 * @var bool
8666 * @since 1.24
8667 */
8668 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8669
8670 /**
8671 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8672 *
8673 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8674 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8675 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8676 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8677 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8678 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8679 *
8680 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8681 *
8682 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8683 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8684 * 'options' => [
8685 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8686 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8687 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8688 * ]
8689 * ];
8690 *
8691 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8692 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8693 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8694 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8695 *
8696 * Example config for Parsoid:
8697 *
8698 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8699 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8700 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8701 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8702 * ];
8703 *
8704 * @var array
8705 * @since 1.25
8706 */
8707 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8708 'paths' => [],
8709 'modules' => [],
8710 'global' => [
8711 # Timeout in seconds
8712 'timeout' => 360,
8713 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8714 'forwardCookies' => false,
8715 'HTTPProxy' => null
8716 ]
8717 ];
8718
8719 /**
8720 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8721 * these suggestions.
8722 *
8723 * @var bool
8724 * @since 1.26
8725 */
8726 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8727
8728 /**
8729 * Where popular password file is located.
8730 *
8731 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8732 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8733 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8734 *
8735 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8736 * @since 1.27
8737 * @var string path to file
8738 */
8739 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8740
8741 /*
8742 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8743 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8744 *
8745 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8746 * @since 1.27
8747 */
8748 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8749
8750 /*
8751 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8752 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8753 *
8754 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8755 * @since 1.30
8756 */
8757 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8758
8759 /**
8760 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8761 *
8762 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8763 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8764 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8765 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8766 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8767 *
8768 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8769 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8770 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8771 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8772 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8773 *
8774 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8775 *
8776 * @since 1.27
8777 */
8778 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8779 'default' => [
8780 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8781 ]
8782 ];
8783
8784 /**
8785 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8786 *
8787 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8788 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8789 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8790 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8791 *
8792 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8793 *
8794 * @var bool
8795 * @since 1.28
8796 */
8797 $wgPingback = false;
8798
8799 /**
8800 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8801 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8802 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8803 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8804 *
8805 * @since 1.28
8806 */
8807 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8808 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8809 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8810 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8811 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8812 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8813 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8814 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8815 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8816 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8817 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8818 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8819 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8820 ];
8821
8822 /**
8823 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8824 * at Special:Contributions.
8825 *
8826 * @var array
8827 * @since 1.30
8828 */
8829 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8830 'IPv4' => 16,
8831 'IPv6' => 32,
8832 ];
8833
8834 /**
8835 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8836 *
8837 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8838 *
8839 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8840 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8841 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8842 *
8843 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8844 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8845 */
8846 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8847 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8848 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8849 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8850
8851 /**
8852 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8853 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8854 *
8855 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8856 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8857 *
8858 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8859 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8860 *
8861 * @par Example:
8862 * @code
8863 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8864 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8865 *];
8866 * @endcode
8867 */
8868 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8869
8870 /**
8871 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8872 * @since 1.30
8873 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8874 */
8875 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8876
8877 /**
8878 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8879 * @since 1.31
8880 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8881 */
8882 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8883
8884 /**
8885 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8886 *
8887 * @since 1.32
8888 * @deprecated 1.32
8889 * @var bool
8890 */
8891 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8892
8893 /**
8894 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8895 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8896 * @}
8897 */